1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 /** 56 * DOC: Station handling 57 * 58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 62 * to. 63 * 64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 65 * capabilities. 66 * 67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 73 * time mark it authorized. 74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 77 * 78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 79 */ 80 81 /** 82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 83 * 84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 88 * for various reasons. 89 * 90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 96 * for doing that. 97 * 98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 100 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 101 * 102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 108 * 109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 112 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 113 * 114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 115 * below. 116 */ 117 118 /** 119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 120 * 121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 125 * 126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 128 * types there no concurrency is implied. 129 * 130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 137 * 138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 146 * 147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 148 * interfaces that a given device supports. 149 */ 150 151 /** 152 * DOC: packet coalesce support 153 * 154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 157 * and power consumption. 158 * 159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 162 * following events occur. 163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 167 * 168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 169 * rule. 170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 173 * Multiple such rules can be created. 174 */ 175 176 /** 177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 178 * 179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 186 * 187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 193 * 194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 197 */ 198 199 /** 200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 201 * 202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 217 * 218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 220 * up a connection or after roaming. 221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 227 * 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 235 */ 236 237 /** 238 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 239 * 240 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 241 * 242 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 243 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the 247 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting 248 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 249 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 250 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. 251 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL 252 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only. 253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 254 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 257 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 258 * 259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 260 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 261 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 265 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 267 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 268 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 271 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 272 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 273 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 274 * 275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 276 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 279 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 280 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 281 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 282 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 283 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 284 * 285 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 287 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 288 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 289 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 290 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 291 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 292 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 293 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 294 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 295 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 297 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 300 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 301 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width. 302 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 303 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 304 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 305 * 306 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 310 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 311 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 313 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 314 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 315 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 316 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 317 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 318 * frame). 319 * 320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 323 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 324 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 326 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 328 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 329 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 330 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 331 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 332 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 333 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 334 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 335 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 337 * 338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 339 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 340 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 341 * global regdomain will be returned. 342 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 343 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 344 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 345 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 346 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 347 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 348 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 349 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 350 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 351 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 352 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 353 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 354 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 355 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 356 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 361 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 362 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 363 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 364 * 365 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 369 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 370 * 371 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 372 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 373 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 374 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 376 * added to all specified management frames generated by 377 * kernel/firmware/driver. 378 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 379 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 380 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 381 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 382 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 383 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 384 * 385 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 386 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 387 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 388 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 389 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 390 * be used. 391 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 392 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 393 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 394 * partial scan results may be available 395 * 396 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 397 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 398 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 399 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 400 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 401 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 402 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 403 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 404 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 405 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 406 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 407 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 408 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 409 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 410 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 411 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 412 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 413 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 414 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 415 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 416 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 417 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 419 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 420 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 421 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 423 * results available. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 425 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 426 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 427 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 428 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 429 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 430 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 431 * 432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 433 * or noise level 434 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 435 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 436 * 437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 438 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 439 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 440 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 441 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 442 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 443 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 444 * ESS. 445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 446 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 447 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 448 * authentication. 449 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 450 * 451 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 452 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 453 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 454 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 455 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 456 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 457 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 458 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 459 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 460 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 461 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 462 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 463 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 464 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 465 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 466 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 467 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 468 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 469 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 470 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 471 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 472 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 473 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 474 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 475 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 476 * the beacon hint was processed. 477 * 478 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 479 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 480 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 481 * authentication process. 482 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 483 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 484 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 485 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 486 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 487 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 488 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to 489 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) 490 * to be added to the frame. 491 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 492 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 493 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 494 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 495 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 496 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 497 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 498 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 499 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 501 * pending authentication timed out). 502 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 503 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 504 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 505 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 507 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 508 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 509 * included). 510 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 511 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 512 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 513 * primitives). 514 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 515 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 516 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 517 * 518 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 519 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 520 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 521 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 522 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 523 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 524 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 525 * 526 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 527 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 528 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 529 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 530 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 531 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 532 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 533 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 534 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 535 * determined by the network interface. 536 * 537 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 538 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 539 * to the driver. 540 * 541 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 542 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 543 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 544 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 545 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 546 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 547 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 548 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 549 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 550 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 551 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 552 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 553 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 554 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 555 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 556 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 557 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 558 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 559 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 561 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 562 * a different BSS is desired. 563 * Background scan period can optionally be 564 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 565 * if not specified default background scan configuration 566 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 567 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 568 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 569 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 570 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 571 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 572 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 573 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 574 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 575 * well to remain backwards compatible. 576 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 577 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 578 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 579 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 580 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 581 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 582 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 583 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 584 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 585 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 586 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 587 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 588 * 589 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 590 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 591 * 592 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 593 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 594 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 595 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 596 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 597 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 598 * frequency for the operation. 599 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 600 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 601 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 602 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 603 * radio). 604 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 605 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 606 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 607 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 608 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 609 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 610 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 611 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 612 * uniquely identify the request. 613 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 614 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 615 * 616 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 617 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 618 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 619 * 620 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 621 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 622 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 623 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 624 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 625 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 626 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 627 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 628 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 630 * backward compatibility 631 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 632 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 633 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 634 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 635 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 636 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 637 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 638 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 639 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 640 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 641 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 642 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 643 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 645 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 647 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 648 * is used during CSA period. 649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 650 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 651 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. 652 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 653 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 654 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 655 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 656 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 657 * the frame. 658 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 659 * backward compatibility. 660 * 661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 662 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 663 * 664 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 665 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 666 * levels. 667 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 668 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 669 * reached. 670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 671 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 672 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 673 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 674 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 675 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 676 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 677 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 678 * precedence when they are used. 679 * 680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 681 * 682 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 683 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 684 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 685 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 686 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 687 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 688 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 689 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 690 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 691 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 692 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 693 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 694 * command, the feature is disabled. 695 * 696 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 697 * mesh config parameters may be given. 698 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 699 * network is determined by the network interface. 700 * 701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 703 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 704 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 705 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 706 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 707 * 708 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 709 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 710 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 711 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 712 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 714 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 715 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 716 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 717 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 718 * depending on the authentication result. 719 * 720 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 721 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 722 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 723 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 724 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 725 * more background information, see 726 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 727 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 728 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 730 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 731 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 732 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 733 * 734 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 735 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 736 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 737 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 738 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 739 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 740 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 741 * 742 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 743 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 746 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 747 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 748 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 749 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 750 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 751 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 752 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 753 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 754 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 755 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 756 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 757 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 758 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 759 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 760 * 761 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 762 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 763 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 764 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 765 * is received. 766 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 767 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 768 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 769 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 770 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 771 * 772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 773 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 774 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 775 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 776 * 777 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 778 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 779 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 780 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 781 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 782 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 783 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 784 * 785 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 786 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 787 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 788 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 789 * 790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 791 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 792 * 793 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 794 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 795 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 796 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 797 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 798 * from the remote AP) is completed; 799 * 800 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 801 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 802 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 803 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 805 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 806 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 807 * interfaces to change channel as well. 808 * 809 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 811 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 812 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 813 * public action frame TX. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 815 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 816 * 817 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 818 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 819 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 820 * is used for this. 821 * 822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 823 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 824 * 825 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 826 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 827 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 828 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 829 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 830 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 831 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 832 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 833 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 834 * 835 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 836 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 837 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 838 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 839 * while operating on this channel. 840 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 841 * event. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 844 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 845 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 846 * 847 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 848 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 849 * 850 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 851 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 852 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 853 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 856 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 857 * complete. 858 * 859 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 860 * return back to normal. 861 * 862 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 863 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 866 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 867 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 868 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 869 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 870 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 871 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 872 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 873 * switch is complete. 874 * 875 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 876 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 877 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 878 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 879 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 880 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 881 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 882 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 883 * 884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 885 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 886 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 887 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 888 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 892 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 893 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 894 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 895 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 896 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 897 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 898 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 899 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 900 * fail even if the check was successful. 901 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 902 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 903 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 904 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 907 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 908 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 911 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 912 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 913 * network is determined by the network interface. 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 916 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 917 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 918 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 919 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 920 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 921 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 922 * AP. 923 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 924 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 925 * when this command completes. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 928 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 929 * management. 930 * 931 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 932 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 933 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 936 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 937 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 938 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 939 * cluster. This command must have a valid 940 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 941 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 942 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 943 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 944 * added. 945 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 946 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 947 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 948 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 949 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 950 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 951 * of the function upon success. 952 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 953 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 954 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 955 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 956 * which just terminated. 957 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 958 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 959 * the response to this command. 960 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 961 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 962 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 963 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 964 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 965 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 966 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 967 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 968 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 969 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 970 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 971 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 972 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 973 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 974 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 975 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 976 * 977 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 978 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 979 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 980 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 981 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 982 * 983 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 984 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 985 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 986 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 987 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 988 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 989 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 990 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 991 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 992 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 993 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 994 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 995 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 996 * 997 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 998 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 999 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1000 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1001 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1002 * 802.11 headers. 1003 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1004 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1005 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1006 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1007 * 1008 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1009 * 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1011 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1012 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1013 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1014 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1015 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1016 * 1017 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1018 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1019 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1020 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1021 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1022 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1023 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1025 * command interface. 1026 * 1027 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1028 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1029 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1030 * 1031 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1032 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1034 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1035 * 1036 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1037 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1038 * 1039 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1040 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1041 */ 1042 enum nl80211_commands { 1043 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1044 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1045 1046 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1047 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1048 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1049 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1050 1051 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1052 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1053 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1054 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1055 1056 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1057 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1058 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1059 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1060 1061 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1062 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1063 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1064 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1065 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1066 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1067 1068 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1069 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1070 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1071 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1072 1073 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1074 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1075 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1076 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1077 1078 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1079 1080 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1081 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1082 1083 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1084 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1085 1086 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1087 1088 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1089 1090 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1091 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1092 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1093 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1094 1095 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1096 1097 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1098 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1099 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1100 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1101 1102 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1103 1104 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1105 1106 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1107 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1108 1109 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1110 1111 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1112 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1113 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1114 1115 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1116 1117 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1118 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1119 1120 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1121 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1122 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1123 1124 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1125 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1126 1127 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1128 1129 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1130 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1131 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1132 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1133 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1134 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1135 1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1137 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1138 1139 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1140 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1141 1142 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1143 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1144 1145 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1146 1147 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1148 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1149 1150 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1151 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1152 1153 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1154 1155 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1156 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1157 1158 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1159 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1160 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1161 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1162 1163 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1164 1165 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1166 1167 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1168 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1169 1170 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1171 1172 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1173 1174 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1175 1176 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1177 1178 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1179 1180 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1181 1182 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1183 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1184 1185 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1186 1187 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1188 1189 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1190 1191 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1192 1193 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1194 1195 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1196 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1197 1198 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1199 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1200 1201 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1202 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1203 1204 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1205 1206 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1207 1208 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1209 1210 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1211 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1212 1213 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1214 1215 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1216 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1217 1218 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1219 1220 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1221 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1222 1223 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1224 1225 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1226 1227 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1228 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1229 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1230 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1231 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1232 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1233 1234 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1237 1238 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1239 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1240 1241 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1244 1245 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1248 1249 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1250 1251 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1252 1253 /* add new commands above here */ 1254 1255 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1256 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1257 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1258 }; 1259 1260 /* 1261 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1262 * here 1263 */ 1264 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1265 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1266 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1267 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1268 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1269 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1270 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1271 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1272 1273 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1274 1275 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1276 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1277 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1278 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1279 1280 /** 1281 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1282 * 1283 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1284 * 1285 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1286 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1288 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1290 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1291 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1292 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1293 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1295 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1296 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1297 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1298 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth 1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1300 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1301 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1302 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1303 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1304 * this attribute) 1305 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1306 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1307 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1308 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1310 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1311 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1312 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1313 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1314 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1315 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1316 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1317 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1318 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1319 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1320 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1322 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1323 * 1324 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1325 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1327 * 1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1329 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1330 * 1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1332 * 1333 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1334 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1335 * keys 1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1338 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1340 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1343 * default management key 1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1345 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1347 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1348 * 1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1353 * 1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1356 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1358 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1360 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1361 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1363 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1364 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1365 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1366 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1367 * 1368 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1369 * consisting of a nested array. 1370 * 1371 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1373 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1375 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1376 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1377 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1378 * 1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1380 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1381 * 1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1383 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1384 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1385 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1386 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1387 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1388 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1389 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1390 * to a specific alpha2. 1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1392 * rules. 1393 * 1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1396 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1397 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1398 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1400 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1401 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1402 * 1403 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1404 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1405 * 1406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1407 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1408 * of the interface mode. 1409 * 1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1411 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1412 * 1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1414 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1415 * 1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1417 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1419 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1421 * that can be added to a scan request 1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1423 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1425 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1426 * 1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1429 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1431 * 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1433 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1434 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1435 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1436 * 1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1438 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1439 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1440 * 1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1442 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1443 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1446 * represented as a u32 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1448 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1449 * 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1451 * a u32 1452 * 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1454 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1455 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1456 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1457 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1459 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1460 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1461 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1462 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1463 * 1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1465 * cipher suites 1466 * 1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1468 * for other networks on different channels 1469 * 1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1471 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1472 * 1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1474 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1475 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1476 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1477 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1478 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1479 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1480 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1481 * 1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1483 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1484 * 1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1486 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1487 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1488 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1489 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1490 * default in station mode. 1491 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1492 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1493 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1494 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1495 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1496 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1498 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1499 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1501 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1502 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1503 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1504 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1505 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1506 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1507 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1508 * flag. 1509 * 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1511 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1512 * 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1514 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1515 * a local disconnect request. 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1517 * event (u16) 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1519 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1520 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1521 * 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1523 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1524 * (an array of u32). 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1526 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1527 * u32). 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1529 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1530 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1532 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1533 * 1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1535 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1537 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1538 * 1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1540 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1541 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1542 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1543 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1544 * 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1546 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1548 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1549 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1550 * 1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1552 * 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1554 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1555 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1556 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1557 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1558 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1559 * completely from scratch. 1560 * 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1562 * 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1564 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1565 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1566 * 1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1569 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1570 * 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1573 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1574 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1575 * 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1577 * 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1579 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1580 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1581 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1582 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1583 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1584 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1585 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1586 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1587 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1588 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1589 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1590 * 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1592 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1594 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1596 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1597 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1598 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1600 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1601 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1602 * 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1604 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1605 * 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1607 * 1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1609 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1610 * 1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1612 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1613 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1614 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1615 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1616 * 1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1618 * connected to this BSS. 1619 * 1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1621 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1623 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1624 * for non-automatic settings. 1625 * 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1627 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1628 * 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1630 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1631 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1632 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1633 * 1634 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1635 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1636 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1637 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1638 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1639 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1640 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1641 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1642 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1643 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1644 * 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1646 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1647 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1648 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1649 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1650 * 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1652 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1653 * 1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1655 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1656 * 1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1658 * 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1660 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1661 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1662 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1663 * nl80211 capability flag. 1664 * 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1666 * 1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1668 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1669 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1670 * 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1672 * changed once the mesh is active. 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1674 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1676 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1677 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1679 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1680 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1681 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1682 * 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1684 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1686 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1687 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1688 * triggers. 1689 * 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1691 * cycles, in msecs. 1692 * 1693 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1694 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1695 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1696 * pass-thru filter rules. 1697 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1698 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1699 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1700 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1701 * able to ignore them by itself. 1702 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1703 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1704 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1705 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1706 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1707 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1708 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1709 * If ommited, no filtering is done. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1712 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1713 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1715 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1716 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1717 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1718 * 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1720 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1721 * 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1723 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1724 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1725 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1726 * 1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1728 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1729 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1730 * 1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1732 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1733 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1734 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1735 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1736 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1737 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1738 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1739 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1740 * 1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1742 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1744 * as AP. 1745 * 1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1747 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1748 * 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1750 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1751 * 1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1753 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1754 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1755 * applications use this attribute. 1756 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1757 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1758 * 1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1760 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1761 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1763 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1765 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1767 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1769 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1770 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1771 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1772 * 1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1774 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1775 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1776 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1779 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1780 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1781 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1782 * 1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1784 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1786 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1787 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1788 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1791 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1792 * to be filled by the FW. 1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1794 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1796 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1797 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1798 * The values that may be configured are: 1799 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1800 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1801 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1802 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1803 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1804 * 1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1806 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1807 * to one DFS region. 1808 * 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1810 * up to 16 TIDs. 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1813 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1814 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from 1815 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1816 * capability to timeout the stations. 1817 * 1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1819 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1820 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1821 * 1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1823 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1824 * 1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1826 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1827 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1828 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1829 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1830 * 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1832 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1833 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1836 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1837 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1838 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1839 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1840 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1841 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1842 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1843 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1844 * consistent. 1845 * 1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1847 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1848 * 1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1852 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1854 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1855 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1856 * no change is made. 1857 * 1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1859 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1860 * 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1862 * carried in a u32 attribute 1863 * 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1865 * MAC ACL. 1866 * 1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1868 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1869 * ACL. 1870 * 1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1872 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1873 * 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1875 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1876 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1878 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1879 * 1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1881 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1884 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1885 * and PU-APSD. 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1888 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1889 * 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1891 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1892 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1897 * Element 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1900 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1902 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1903 * 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1905 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1906 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1907 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1908 * 1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1912 * until the channel switch event. 1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1914 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1915 * operation). 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1917 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1919 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1921 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1924 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1925 * 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1927 * 1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1929 * supported operating classes. 1930 * 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1932 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1933 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1934 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 1935 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 1936 * IBSS network. 1937 * 1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1939 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 1940 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 1941 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 1942 * 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 1944 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 1945 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 1946 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 1947 * u8 attribute. 1948 * 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 1950 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 1953 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 1955 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 1956 * 1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 1958 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 1959 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 1960 * 1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 1965 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 1966 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 1967 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 1968 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 1969 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 1972 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 1974 * supported number of csa counters. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 1977 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 1978 * 1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 1980 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 1981 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 1982 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 1983 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 1984 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 1985 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 1986 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 1987 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 1988 * cleared when the socket is closed. 1989 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 1990 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 1991 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 1992 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 1993 * multicast group. 1994 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 1995 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 1996 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 1997 * torn down when the socket is closed. 1998 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 1999 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2000 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2001 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2002 * 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2004 * the TDLS link initiator. 2005 * 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2007 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2008 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2009 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2010 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2011 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2012 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2013 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2014 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2015 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2016 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2017 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2020 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2021 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2022 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2023 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2028 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2031 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2032 * 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2034 * 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2038 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2039 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2040 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2041 * 2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2043 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2044 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2045 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2046 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2047 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2048 * 2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2050 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2051 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2052 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2053 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2054 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2055 * over all channels. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2058 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2059 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2060 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2061 2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2063 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2064 * 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2066 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2068 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2070 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2072 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2073 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2074 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2075 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2076 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2078 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2079 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2080 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2082 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2083 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2084 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2085 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2086 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2087 * 2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2089 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2090 * 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2092 * 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2094 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2095 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2096 * interface type. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2099 * groupID for monitor mode. 2100 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2101 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2102 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2103 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2104 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2105 * each group. 2106 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2107 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2108 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2109 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2110 * groupID data. 2111 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2113 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2114 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2115 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2116 * 2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2118 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2119 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2120 * attribute must not be included). 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2122 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2124 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2125 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2126 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2127 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2129 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2130 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2131 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2134 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2137 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2138 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2139 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2140 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2142 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2143 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2144 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2145 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2146 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2147 * the device will decide what to use. 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2149 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2150 * attribute. 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2152 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2154 * protection. 2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2156 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2157 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2158 * 2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2160 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2163 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2164 * 2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2166 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2167 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2168 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2169 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2170 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2171 * unnecessary wakeups. 2172 * 2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2174 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2175 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out 2176 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2177 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2180 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2181 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2184 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2185 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2186 * 2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2188 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2189 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2192 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2193 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2194 * 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2196 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2197 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2198 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2199 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2200 * 2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2202 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2203 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2206 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2207 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2208 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2209 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2210 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2211 * 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2213 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2215 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2216 * 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2218 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2219 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2224 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2225 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2226 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2228 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2229 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload 2230 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated 2231 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space. 2232 * 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2234 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2235 * 2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2237 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2239 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2241 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2242 * enforced. 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2244 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2245 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2246 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2247 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2248 * 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2250 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2251 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2252 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2253 * 2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2255 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2256 * 2257 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2259 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2260 */ 2261 enum nl80211_attrs { 2262 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2263 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2264 2265 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2266 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2267 2268 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2269 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2270 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2271 2272 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2273 2274 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2275 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2276 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2277 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2278 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2279 2280 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2281 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2282 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2283 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2284 2285 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2286 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2287 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2288 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2289 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2290 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2291 2292 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2293 2294 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2295 2296 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2297 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2298 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2299 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2300 2301 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2302 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2303 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2304 2305 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2306 2307 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2308 2309 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2310 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2311 2312 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2313 2314 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2315 2316 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2317 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2318 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2319 2320 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2321 2322 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2323 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2324 2325 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2326 2327 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2328 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2329 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2330 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2331 2332 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2333 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2334 2335 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2336 2337 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2338 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2339 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2340 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2341 2342 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2343 2344 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2345 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2346 2347 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2348 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2349 2350 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2351 2352 2353 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2354 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2355 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2356 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2357 2358 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2359 2360 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2361 2362 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2363 2364 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2365 2366 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2367 2368 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2369 2370 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2371 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2372 2373 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2374 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2375 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2376 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2377 2378 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2379 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2380 2381 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2382 2383 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2384 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2385 2386 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2387 2388 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2389 2390 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2391 2392 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2393 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2394 2395 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2396 2397 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2398 2399 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2400 2401 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2402 2403 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2404 2405 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2406 2407 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2408 2409 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2410 2411 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2412 2413 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2414 2415 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2416 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2417 2418 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2419 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2420 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2421 2422 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2423 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2424 2425 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2426 2427 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2428 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2429 2430 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2431 2432 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2433 2434 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2435 2436 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2437 2438 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2439 2440 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2441 2442 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2443 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2444 2445 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2446 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2447 2448 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2449 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2450 2451 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2452 2453 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2454 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2455 2456 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2457 2458 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2459 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2460 2461 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2462 2463 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2464 2465 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2466 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2467 2468 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2469 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2470 2471 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2472 2473 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2474 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2475 2476 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2477 2478 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2479 2480 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2481 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2482 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2483 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2484 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2485 2486 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2487 2488 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2489 2490 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2491 2492 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2493 2494 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2495 2496 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2497 2498 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2499 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2500 2501 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2502 2503 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2504 2505 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2506 2507 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2508 2509 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2510 2511 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2512 2513 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2514 2515 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2516 2517 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2518 2519 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2520 2521 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2522 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2523 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2526 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2527 2528 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2529 2530 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2531 2532 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2533 2534 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2537 2538 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2540 2541 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2542 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2543 2544 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2545 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2546 2547 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2548 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2549 2550 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2552 2553 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2554 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2555 2556 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2562 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2563 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2564 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2565 2566 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2567 2568 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2569 2570 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2571 2572 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2573 2574 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2575 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2576 2577 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2578 2579 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2580 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2581 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2582 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2583 2584 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2585 2586 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2587 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2588 2589 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2590 2591 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2592 2593 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2596 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2597 2598 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2599 2600 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2601 2602 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2603 2604 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2605 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2607 2608 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2609 2610 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2611 2612 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2613 2614 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2615 2616 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2617 2618 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2619 2620 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2621 2622 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2625 2626 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2627 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2629 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2630 2631 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2632 2633 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2634 2635 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2636 2637 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2638 2639 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2640 2641 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2642 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2643 2644 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2645 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2646 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2647 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2648 2649 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2650 2651 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2652 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2653 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2654 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2657 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2658 2659 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2660 2661 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2662 2663 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2664 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2665 2666 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2667 2668 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2669 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2671 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2672 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2673 2674 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2677 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2680 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2681 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2682 2683 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2684 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2685 2686 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2687 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2692 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2693 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2695 2696 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2697 2698 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2699 2700 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2701 2702 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2703 2704 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2705 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2706 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2707 }; 2708 2709 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2710 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2711 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2712 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2713 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2714 2715 /* 2716 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2717 * here 2718 */ 2719 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2720 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2721 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2722 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2723 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2724 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2725 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2726 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2727 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2728 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2729 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2730 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2731 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2732 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2733 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2734 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2735 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2736 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2737 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2738 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2739 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2740 2741 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2742 2743 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2744 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2745 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64 2746 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2747 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2748 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2749 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2750 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2751 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2752 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 2753 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2754 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2755 2756 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2757 2758 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2759 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2760 2761 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2762 2763 /** 2764 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2765 * 2766 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2767 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2768 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2769 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2770 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2771 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2772 * AP type interface. 2773 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2774 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2775 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2776 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2777 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2778 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2779 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2780 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2781 * commands to create and destroy one 2782 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2783 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2784 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2785 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2786 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2787 * 2788 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2789 * to set the type of an interface. 2790 * 2791 */ 2792 enum nl80211_iftype { 2793 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2794 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2795 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2796 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2797 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2798 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2799 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2800 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2801 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2802 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2803 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2804 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2805 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2806 2807 /* keep last */ 2808 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2809 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2810 }; 2811 2812 /** 2813 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2814 * 2815 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2816 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2817 * 2818 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2819 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2820 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2821 * with short barker preamble 2822 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2823 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2824 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2825 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2826 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2827 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2828 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2829 * as errors.) 2830 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2831 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2832 * previously added station into associated state 2833 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2834 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2835 */ 2836 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2837 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2838 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2839 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2840 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2841 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2842 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2843 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2844 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2845 2846 /* keep last */ 2847 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2848 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2849 }; 2850 2851 /** 2852 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2853 * 2854 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2855 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2856 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2857 */ 2858 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2859 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2860 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2861 2862 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2863 }; 2864 2865 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2866 2867 /** 2868 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2869 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2870 * @set: which values to set them to 2871 * 2872 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2873 */ 2874 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2875 __u32 mask; 2876 __u32 set; 2877 } __attribute__((packed)); 2878 2879 /** 2880 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 2881 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 2882 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 2883 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 2884 */ 2885 enum nl80211_he_gi { 2886 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 2887 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 2888 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 2889 }; 2890 2891 /** 2892 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 2893 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 2894 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 2895 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 2896 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 2897 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 2898 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 2899 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 2900 */ 2901 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 2902 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 2903 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 2904 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 2905 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 2906 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 2907 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 2908 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 2909 }; 2910 2911 /** 2912 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2913 * 2914 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2915 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2916 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2917 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2918 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2919 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2920 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2921 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2922 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2923 * 2924 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2925 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2926 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2927 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2928 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2929 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2930 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2931 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2932 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2933 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2934 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2935 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2936 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2937 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2938 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2939 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 2940 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 2941 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2942 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 2943 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 2944 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 2945 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 2946 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 2947 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 2948 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 2949 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 2950 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2951 */ 2952 enum nl80211_rate_info { 2953 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 2954 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 2955 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 2956 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 2957 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 2958 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 2959 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 2960 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 2961 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2962 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2963 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 2964 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 2965 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 2966 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 2967 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 2968 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 2969 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 2970 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 2971 2972 /* keep last */ 2973 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2974 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2975 }; 2976 2977 /** 2978 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 2979 * 2980 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 2981 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2982 * 2983 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2984 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 2985 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 2986 * (flag) 2987 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 2988 * (flag) 2989 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 2990 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 2991 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 2992 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2993 */ 2994 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 2995 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 2996 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 2997 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2998 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2999 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3000 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3001 3002 /* keep last */ 3003 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3004 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3005 }; 3006 3007 /** 3008 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3009 * 3010 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3011 * when getting information about a station. 3012 * 3013 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3014 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3015 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3016 * (u32, from this station) 3017 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3018 * (u32, to this station) 3019 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3020 * (u64, from this station) 3021 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3022 * (u64, to this station) 3023 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3024 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3025 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3026 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3027 * (u32, from this station) 3028 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3029 * (u32, to this station) 3030 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3031 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3032 * (u32, to this station) 3033 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3034 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3035 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3036 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3037 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3038 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3039 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3040 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3041 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3042 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3043 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3044 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3045 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3046 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3047 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3048 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3049 * non-peer STA 3050 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3051 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3052 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3053 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3054 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3055 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3056 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3057 * (u64) 3058 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3059 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3060 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3061 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3062 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3063 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3064 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3065 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3066 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3067 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3068 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3069 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3070 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3071 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3072 * (u32, from this station) 3073 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3074 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3075 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3076 * might not be fully accurate. 3077 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3078 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3079 */ 3080 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3081 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3082 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3083 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3084 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3085 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3086 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3087 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3088 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3089 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3090 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3091 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3092 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3093 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3094 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3095 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3096 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3097 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3098 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3099 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3100 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3101 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3102 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3103 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3104 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3105 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3106 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3107 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3108 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3109 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3110 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3111 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3112 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3113 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3114 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3115 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3116 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3117 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3118 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3119 3120 /* keep last */ 3121 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3122 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3123 }; 3124 3125 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3126 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3127 3128 3129 /** 3130 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3131 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3132 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3133 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3134 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3135 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3136 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3137 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3138 * MSDUs (u64) 3139 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3140 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3141 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3142 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3143 */ 3144 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3145 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3146 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3147 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3148 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3149 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3150 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3151 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3152 3153 /* keep last */ 3154 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3155 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3156 }; 3157 3158 /** 3159 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3160 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3161 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3162 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3163 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3164 * backlogged 3165 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3166 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3167 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3168 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3169 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3170 * (only for per-phy stats) 3171 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3172 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3173 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3174 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3175 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3176 */ 3177 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3178 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3179 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3180 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3181 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3182 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3183 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3184 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3185 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3186 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3187 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3188 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3189 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3190 3191 /* keep last */ 3192 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3193 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3194 }; 3195 3196 /** 3197 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3198 * 3199 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3200 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3201 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3202 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3203 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3204 */ 3205 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3206 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3207 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3208 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3209 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3210 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3211 }; 3212 3213 /** 3214 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3215 * 3216 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3217 * information about a mesh path. 3218 * 3219 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3220 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3221 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3222 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3223 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3224 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3225 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3226 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3227 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3228 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3229 * currently defind 3230 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3231 */ 3232 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3233 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3234 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3235 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3236 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3237 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3238 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3239 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3240 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3241 3242 /* keep last */ 3243 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3244 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3245 }; 3246 3247 /** 3248 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3249 * 3250 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3251 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3252 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3253 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3254 * capabilities IE 3255 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3256 * capabilities IE 3257 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3258 * capabilities IE 3259 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3260 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3261 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3262 * defined 3263 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3264 */ 3265 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3266 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3267 3268 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3269 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3270 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3271 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3272 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3273 3274 /* keep last */ 3275 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3276 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3277 }; 3278 3279 /** 3280 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3281 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3282 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3283 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3284 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3285 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3286 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3287 * defined in 802.11n 3288 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3289 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3290 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3291 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3292 * defined in 802.11ac 3293 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3294 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3295 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3296 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3297 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3298 */ 3299 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3300 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3301 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3302 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3303 3304 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3305 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3306 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3307 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3308 3309 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3310 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3311 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3312 3313 /* keep last */ 3314 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3315 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3316 }; 3317 3318 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3319 3320 /** 3321 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3322 * 3323 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3324 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3325 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3326 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3327 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3328 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3329 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3330 */ 3331 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3332 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3333 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3334 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3335 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3336 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3337 3338 /* keep last */ 3339 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3340 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3341 }; 3342 3343 /** 3344 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3345 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3346 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3347 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3348 * regulatory domain. 3349 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3350 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3351 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3352 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3353 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3354 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3355 * (100 * dBm). 3356 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3357 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3358 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3359 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3360 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3361 * channel as the control channel 3362 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3363 * channel as the control channel 3364 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3365 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3366 * this includes 80+80 channels 3367 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3368 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3369 * isn't possible 3370 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3371 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3372 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3373 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3374 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3375 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3376 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3377 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3378 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3379 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3380 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3381 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3382 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3383 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3384 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3385 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3386 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3387 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3388 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3389 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3390 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3391 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3392 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3393 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3394 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3395 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3396 * currently defined 3397 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3398 * 3399 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3400 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3401 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3402 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3403 */ 3404 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3405 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3406 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3407 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3408 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3409 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3410 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3411 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3412 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3413 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3414 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3415 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3416 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3417 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3418 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3419 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3420 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3421 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3422 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3423 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3424 3425 /* keep last */ 3426 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3427 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3428 }; 3429 3430 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3431 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3432 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3433 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3434 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3435 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3436 3437 /** 3438 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3439 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3440 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3441 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3442 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3443 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3444 * currently defined 3445 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3446 */ 3447 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3448 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3449 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3450 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3451 3452 /* keep last */ 3453 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3454 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3455 }; 3456 3457 /** 3458 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3459 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3460 * regulatory domain. 3461 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3462 * regulatory domain. 3463 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3464 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3465 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3466 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3467 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3468 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3469 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3470 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3471 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3472 */ 3473 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3474 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3475 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3476 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3477 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3478 }; 3479 3480 /** 3481 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3482 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3483 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3484 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3485 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3486 * domain. 3487 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3488 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3489 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3490 * them to be applied. 3491 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3492 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3493 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3494 * domain request to be processed. 3495 */ 3496 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3497 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3498 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3499 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3500 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3501 }; 3502 3503 /** 3504 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3505 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3506 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3507 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3508 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3509 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3510 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3511 * band edge. 3512 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3513 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3514 * band edge. 3515 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3516 * frequency range, in KHz. 3517 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3518 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3519 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3520 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3521 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3522 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3523 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3524 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3525 * currently defined 3526 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3527 */ 3528 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3529 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3530 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3531 3532 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3533 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3534 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3535 3536 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3537 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3538 3539 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3540 3541 /* keep last */ 3542 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3543 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3544 }; 3545 3546 /** 3547 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3548 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3549 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3550 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3551 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3552 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3553 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3554 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3555 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3556 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3557 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3558 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3559 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3560 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3561 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3562 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3563 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3564 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3565 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3566 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3567 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3568 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3569 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3570 * attribute number currently defined 3571 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3572 */ 3573 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3574 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3575 3576 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3577 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3578 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3579 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3580 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3581 3582 /* keep last */ 3583 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3584 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3585 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3586 }; 3587 3588 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3589 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3590 3591 /** 3592 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3593 * 3594 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3595 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3596 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3597 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3598 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3599 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3600 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3601 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3602 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3603 * beaconing. 3604 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3605 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3606 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3607 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3608 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3609 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3610 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3611 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3612 */ 3613 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3614 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3615 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3616 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3617 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3618 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3619 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3620 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3621 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3622 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3623 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3624 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3625 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3626 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3627 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3628 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3629 }; 3630 3631 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3632 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3633 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3634 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3635 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3636 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3637 3638 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3639 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3640 3641 /** 3642 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3643 * 3644 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3645 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3646 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3647 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3648 */ 3649 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3650 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3651 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3652 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3653 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3654 }; 3655 3656 /** 3657 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3658 * 3659 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3660 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3661 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3662 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3663 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3664 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3665 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3666 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3667 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3668 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3669 * supported feature. 3670 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3671 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3672 */ 3673 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3674 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3675 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3676 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3677 }; 3678 3679 /** 3680 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3681 * 3682 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3683 * when getting information about a survey. 3684 * 3685 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3686 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3687 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3688 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3689 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3690 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3691 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3692 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3693 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3694 * channel was sensed busy 3695 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3696 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3697 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3698 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3699 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3700 * (on this channel or globally) 3701 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3702 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3703 * currently defined 3704 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3705 */ 3706 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3707 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3708 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3709 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3710 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3711 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3712 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3713 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3714 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3715 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3716 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3717 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3718 3719 /* keep last */ 3720 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3721 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3722 }; 3723 3724 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3725 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3726 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3727 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3728 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3729 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3730 3731 /** 3732 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3733 * 3734 * Monitor configuration flags. 3735 * 3736 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3737 * 3738 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3739 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3740 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3741 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3742 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3743 * overrides all other flags. 3744 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3745 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3746 * 3747 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3748 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3749 */ 3750 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3751 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3752 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3753 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3754 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3755 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3756 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3757 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3758 3759 /* keep last */ 3760 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3761 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3762 }; 3763 3764 /** 3765 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3766 * 3767 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3768 * not known or has not been set yet. 3769 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3770 * in Awake state all the time. 3771 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3772 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3773 * neighbor's beacons. 3774 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3775 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3776 * for neighbor's beacons. 3777 * 3778 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3779 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3780 */ 3781 3782 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3783 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3784 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3785 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3786 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3787 3788 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3789 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3790 }; 3791 3792 /** 3793 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3794 * 3795 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3796 * active. 3797 * 3798 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3799 * 3800 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3801 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3802 * 3803 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3804 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3805 * 3806 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3807 * millisecond units 3808 * 3809 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3810 * on this mesh interface 3811 * 3812 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3813 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3814 * mesh 3815 * 3816 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3817 * point. 3818 * 3819 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3820 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3821 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3822 * set. 3823 * 3824 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3825 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3826 * target) 3827 * 3828 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3829 * (in milliseconds) 3830 * 3831 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3832 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3833 * 3834 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3835 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3836 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3837 * 3838 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3839 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3840 * reference element 3841 * 3842 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3843 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3844 * mesh 3845 * 3846 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3847 * 3848 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3849 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3850 * 3851 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3852 * root announcements are transmitted. 3853 * 3854 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3855 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3856 * Announcement frames. 3857 * 3858 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3859 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3860 * PERR element. 3861 * 3862 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3863 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3864 * 3865 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3866 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3867 * a peer link. 3868 * 3869 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3870 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3871 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3872 * 3873 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3874 * 3875 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3876 * 3877 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3878 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3879 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3880 * 3881 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3882 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3883 * 3884 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3885 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3886 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3887 * 3888 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3889 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3890 * 3891 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3892 * 3893 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3894 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3895 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3896 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3897 * 3898 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3899 */ 3900 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3901 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3902 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3903 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3904 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3905 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3906 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3907 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3908 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3909 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3910 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3911 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3912 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3913 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3914 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3915 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3916 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3917 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3918 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3919 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3920 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3921 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3922 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 3923 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 3924 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 3925 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 3926 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 3927 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 3928 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 3929 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 3930 3931 /* keep last */ 3932 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3933 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3934 }; 3935 3936 /** 3937 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 3938 * 3939 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 3940 * changed while the mesh is active. 3941 * 3942 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 3943 * 3944 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 3945 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 3946 * default HWMP. 3947 * 3948 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 3949 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 3950 * metric. 3951 * 3952 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 3953 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 3954 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 3955 * metrics in use. 3956 * 3957 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 3958 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 3959 * 3960 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 3961 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 3962 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 3963 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 3964 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 3965 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 3966 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 3967 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 3968 * userspace daemon. 3969 * 3970 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 3971 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 3972 * neighbor offset synchronization 3973 * 3974 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 3975 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 3976 * 3977 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 3978 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 3979 * Default is no authentication method required. 3980 * 3981 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 3982 * 3983 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 3984 */ 3985 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 3986 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 3987 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 3988 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 3989 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 3990 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 3991 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 3992 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 3993 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 3994 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 3995 3996 /* keep last */ 3997 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3998 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3999 }; 4000 4001 /** 4002 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4003 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4004 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4005 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4006 * disabled 4007 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4008 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4009 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4010 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4011 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4012 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4013 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4014 */ 4015 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4016 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4017 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4018 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4019 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4020 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4021 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4022 4023 /* keep last */ 4024 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4025 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4026 }; 4027 4028 enum nl80211_ac { 4029 NL80211_AC_VO, 4030 NL80211_AC_VI, 4031 NL80211_AC_BE, 4032 NL80211_AC_BK, 4033 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4034 }; 4035 4036 /* backward compat */ 4037 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4038 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4039 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4040 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4041 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4042 4043 /** 4044 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4045 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4046 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4047 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4048 * below the control channel 4049 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4050 * above the control channel 4051 */ 4052 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4053 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4054 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4055 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4056 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4057 }; 4058 4059 /** 4060 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4061 * 4062 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4063 * attribute. 4064 * 4065 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4066 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4067 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4068 * attribute must be provided as well 4069 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4070 * attribute must be provided as well 4071 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4072 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4073 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4074 * attribute must be provided as well 4075 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4076 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4077 */ 4078 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4079 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4080 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4081 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4082 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4083 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4084 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4085 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4086 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4087 }; 4088 4089 /** 4090 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4091 * 4092 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4093 * 4094 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4095 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4096 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4097 */ 4098 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4099 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4100 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4101 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4102 }; 4103 4104 /** 4105 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4106 * 4107 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4108 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4109 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4110 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4111 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4112 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4113 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4114 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4115 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4116 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4117 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4118 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4119 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4120 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4121 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4122 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4123 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4124 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4125 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4126 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4127 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4128 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4129 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4130 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4131 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4132 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4133 * yet been received 4134 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4135 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4136 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4137 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4138 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4139 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4140 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4141 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4142 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4143 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4144 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4145 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4146 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4147 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4148 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4149 * is set. 4150 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4151 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4152 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4153 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4154 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4155 */ 4156 enum nl80211_bss { 4157 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4158 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4159 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4160 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4161 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4162 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4163 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4164 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4165 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4166 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4167 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4168 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4169 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4170 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4171 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4172 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4173 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4174 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4175 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4176 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4177 4178 /* keep last */ 4179 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4180 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4181 }; 4182 4183 /** 4184 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4185 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4186 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4187 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4188 * a given BSS. 4189 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4190 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4191 * 4192 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4193 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4194 */ 4195 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4196 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4197 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4198 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4199 }; 4200 4201 /** 4202 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4203 * 4204 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4205 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4206 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4207 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4208 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4209 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4210 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4211 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4212 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4213 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4214 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4215 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4216 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4217 */ 4218 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4219 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4220 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4221 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4222 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4223 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4224 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4225 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4226 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4227 4228 /* keep last */ 4229 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4230 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4231 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4232 }; 4233 4234 /** 4235 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4236 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4237 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4238 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4239 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4240 */ 4241 enum nl80211_key_type { 4242 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4243 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4244 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4245 4246 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4247 }; 4248 4249 /** 4250 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4251 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4252 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4253 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4254 */ 4255 enum nl80211_mfp { 4256 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4257 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4258 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4259 }; 4260 4261 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4262 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4263 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4264 }; 4265 4266 /** 4267 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4268 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4269 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4270 * unicast key 4271 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4272 * multicast key 4273 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4274 */ 4275 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4276 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4277 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4278 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4279 4280 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4281 }; 4282 4283 /** 4284 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4285 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4286 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4287 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4288 * keys 4289 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4290 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4291 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4292 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4293 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4294 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4295 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4296 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4297 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4298 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4299 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4300 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4301 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4302 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4303 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4304 */ 4305 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4306 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4307 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4308 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4309 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4310 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4311 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4312 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4313 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4314 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4315 4316 /* keep last */ 4317 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4318 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4319 }; 4320 4321 /** 4322 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4323 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4324 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4325 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4326 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4327 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4328 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4329 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4330 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4331 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4332 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4333 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4334 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4335 */ 4336 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4337 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4338 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4339 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4340 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4341 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4342 4343 /* keep last */ 4344 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4345 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4346 }; 4347 4348 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4349 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4350 4351 /** 4352 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4353 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4354 */ 4355 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4356 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4357 }; 4358 4359 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4360 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4361 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4362 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4363 }; 4364 4365 /** 4366 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4367 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4368 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4369 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4370 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4371 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4372 */ 4373 enum nl80211_band { 4374 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4375 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4376 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4377 4378 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4379 }; 4380 4381 /** 4382 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4383 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4384 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4385 */ 4386 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4387 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4388 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4389 }; 4390 4391 /** 4392 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4393 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4394 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4395 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4396 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4397 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4398 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4399 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4400 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4401 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4402 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4403 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4404 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4405 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4406 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4407 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4408 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4409 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4410 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4411 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4412 * checked. 4413 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4414 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4415 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4416 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4417 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4418 * loss event 4419 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4420 * RSSI threshold event. 4421 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4422 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4423 */ 4424 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4425 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4426 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4427 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4428 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4429 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4430 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4431 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4432 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4433 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4434 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4435 4436 /* keep last */ 4437 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4438 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4439 }; 4440 4441 /** 4442 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4443 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4444 * configured threshold 4445 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4446 * configured threshold 4447 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4448 */ 4449 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4450 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4451 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4452 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4453 }; 4454 4455 4456 /** 4457 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4458 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4459 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4460 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4461 */ 4462 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4463 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4464 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4465 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4466 }; 4467 4468 /** 4469 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4470 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4471 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4472 * a zero bit are ignored 4473 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4474 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4475 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4476 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4477 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4478 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4479 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4480 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4481 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4482 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4483 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4484 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4485 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4486 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4487 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4488 */ 4489 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4490 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4491 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4492 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4493 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4494 4495 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4496 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4497 }; 4498 4499 /** 4500 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4501 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4502 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4503 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4504 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4505 * 4506 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4507 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4508 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4509 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4510 * by the kernel to userspace. 4511 */ 4512 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4513 __u32 max_patterns; 4514 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4515 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4516 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4517 } __attribute__((packed)); 4518 4519 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4520 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4521 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4522 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4523 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4524 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4525 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4526 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4527 4528 /** 4529 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4530 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4531 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4532 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4533 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4534 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4535 * any others are even supported by the device. 4536 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4537 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4538 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4539 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4540 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4541 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4542 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4543 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4544 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4545 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4546 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4547 * 4548 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4549 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4550 * 4551 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4552 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4553 * to the kernel when configuring. 4554 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4555 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4556 * by the device (flag) 4557 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4558 * done by the device) (flag) 4559 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4560 * packet (flag) 4561 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4562 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4563 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4564 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4565 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4566 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4567 * attribute contains the original length. 4568 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4569 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4570 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4571 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4572 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4573 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4574 * contains the original length. 4575 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4576 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4577 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4578 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4579 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4580 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4581 * the TCP connection. 4582 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4583 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4584 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4585 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4586 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4587 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4588 * service 4589 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4590 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4591 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4592 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4593 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4594 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4595 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4596 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4597 * supported by the driver (u32). 4598 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4599 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4600 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4601 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4602 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4603 * occurred. 4604 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4605 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4606 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4607 * these attributes must be present. If 4608 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4609 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4610 * channel. 4611 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4612 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4613 * 4614 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4615 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4616 */ 4617 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4618 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4619 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4620 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4621 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4622 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4623 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4624 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4625 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4626 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4627 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4628 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4629 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4630 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4631 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4632 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4633 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4634 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4635 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4636 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4637 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4638 4639 /* keep last */ 4640 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4641 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4642 }; 4643 4644 /** 4645 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4646 * 4647 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4648 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4649 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4650 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4651 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4652 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4653 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4654 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4655 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4656 * 4657 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4658 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4659 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4660 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4661 * also woken up. 4662 * 4663 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4664 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4665 */ 4666 4667 /** 4668 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4669 * @start: starting value 4670 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4671 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4672 * 4673 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4674 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4675 * in little endian. 4676 */ 4677 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4678 __u32 start, offset, len; 4679 }; 4680 4681 /** 4682 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4683 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4684 * @len: length of each token 4685 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4686 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4687 */ 4688 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4689 __u32 offset, len; 4690 __u8 token_stream[]; 4691 }; 4692 4693 /** 4694 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4695 * @min_len: minimum token length 4696 * @max_len: maximum token length 4697 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4698 */ 4699 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4700 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4701 }; 4702 4703 /** 4704 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4705 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4706 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4707 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4708 * (in network byte order) 4709 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4710 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4711 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4712 * might require ARP querying. 4713 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4714 * socket and port will be allocated 4715 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4716 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4717 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4718 * of the data payload. 4719 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4720 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4721 * advertising it is just a flag 4722 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4723 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4724 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4725 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4726 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4727 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4728 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4729 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4730 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4731 * but on the TCP payload only. 4732 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4733 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4734 */ 4735 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4736 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4737 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4738 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4739 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4740 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4741 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4742 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4743 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4744 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4745 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4746 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4747 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4748 4749 /* keep last */ 4750 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4751 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4752 }; 4753 4754 /** 4755 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4756 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4757 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4758 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4759 * 4760 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4761 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4762 */ 4763 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4764 __u32 max_rules; 4765 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4766 __u32 max_delay; 4767 } __attribute__((packed)); 4768 4769 /** 4770 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4771 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4772 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4773 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4774 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4775 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4776 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4777 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4778 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4779 */ 4780 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4781 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4782 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4783 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4784 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4785 4786 /* keep last */ 4787 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4788 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4789 }; 4790 4791 /** 4792 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4793 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4794 * in a rule are matched. 4795 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4796 * in a rule are not matched. 4797 */ 4798 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4799 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4800 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4801 }; 4802 4803 /** 4804 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4805 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4806 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4807 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4808 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4809 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4810 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4811 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4812 */ 4813 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4814 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4815 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4816 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4817 4818 /* keep last */ 4819 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4820 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4821 }; 4822 4823 /** 4824 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4825 * 4826 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4827 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4828 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4829 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4830 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4831 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4832 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4833 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4834 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4835 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4836 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4837 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4838 * different channels may be used within this group. 4839 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4840 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4841 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4842 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4843 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4844 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4845 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4846 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4847 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4848 * 4849 * Examples: 4850 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4851 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4852 * 4853 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4854 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 4855 * 4856 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 4857 * => allows two STAs on different channels 4858 * 4859 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 4860 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 4861 * 4862 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained 4863 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 4864 * that any of these groups must match. 4865 * 4866 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 4867 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 4868 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 4869 * interface type, the following group always exists: 4870 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 4871 */ 4872 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 4873 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 4874 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 4875 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 4876 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 4877 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 4878 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 4879 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 4880 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 4881 4882 /* keep last */ 4883 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 4884 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 4885 }; 4886 4887 4888 /** 4889 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 4890 * 4891 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 4892 * state of non existant mesh peer links 4893 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 4894 * this mesh peer 4895 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 4896 * from this mesh peer 4897 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 4898 * received from this mesh peer 4899 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 4900 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 4901 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 4902 * plink are discarded 4903 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 4904 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 4905 */ 4906 enum nl80211_plink_state { 4907 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 4908 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 4909 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 4910 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 4911 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 4912 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 4913 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 4914 4915 /* keep last */ 4916 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 4917 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 4918 }; 4919 4920 /** 4921 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 4922 * 4923 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 4924 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 4925 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 4926 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 4927 */ 4928 enum plink_actions { 4929 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 4930 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 4931 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 4932 4933 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 4934 }; 4935 4936 4937 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 4938 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 4939 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 4940 4941 /** 4942 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 4943 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4944 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 4945 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 4946 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 4947 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 4948 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 4949 */ 4950 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 4951 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 4952 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 4953 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 4954 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 4955 4956 /* keep last */ 4957 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 4958 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 4959 }; 4960 4961 /** 4962 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 4963 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 4964 * Beacon frames) 4965 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 4966 * in Beacon frames 4967 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 4968 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 4969 */ 4970 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 4971 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 4972 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 4973 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 4974 }; 4975 4976 /** 4977 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 4978 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4979 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 4980 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 4981 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 4982 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 4983 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 4984 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 4985 */ 4986 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 4987 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 4988 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 4989 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 4990 4991 /* keep last */ 4992 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 4993 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 4994 }; 4995 4996 /** 4997 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 4998 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4999 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5000 * priority) 5001 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5002 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5003 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5004 * (internal) 5005 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5006 * (internal) 5007 */ 5008 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5009 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5010 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5011 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5012 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5013 5014 /* keep last */ 5015 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5016 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5017 }; 5018 5019 /** 5020 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5021 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5022 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5023 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5024 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5025 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5026 */ 5027 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5028 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5029 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5030 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5031 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5032 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5033 }; 5034 5035 /* 5036 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5037 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5038 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5039 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5040 }; 5041 */ 5042 5043 /** 5044 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5045 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5046 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5047 * socket option. 5048 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5049 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5050 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5051 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5052 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5053 * cellular base stations. 5054 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5055 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5056 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5057 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5058 * mode 5059 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5060 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5061 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5062 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5063 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5064 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5065 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5066 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5067 * setting 5068 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5069 * powersave 5070 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5071 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5072 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5073 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5074 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5075 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5076 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5077 * states using station flags. 5078 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5079 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5080 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5081 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5082 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5083 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5084 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5085 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5086 * still generated by the driver. 5087 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5088 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5089 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5090 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5091 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5092 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5093 * lifetime of a BSS. 5094 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5095 * Set IE to probe requests. 5096 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5097 * to probe requests. 5098 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5099 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5100 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5101 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5102 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5103 * Measurement Report action frame. 5104 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5105 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5106 * to enable dynack. 5107 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5108 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5109 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5110 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5111 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5112 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5113 * rts/cts handshake. 5114 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5115 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5116 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5117 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5118 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5119 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5120 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5121 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5122 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5123 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5124 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5125 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5126 * address mask/value will be used. 5127 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5128 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5129 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5130 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5131 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5132 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5133 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5134 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5135 */ 5136 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5137 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5138 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5139 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5140 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5141 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5142 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5143 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5144 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5145 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5146 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5147 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5148 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5149 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5150 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5151 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5152 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5153 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5154 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5155 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5156 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5157 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5158 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5159 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5160 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5161 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5162 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5163 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5164 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5165 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5166 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5167 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5168 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31, 5169 }; 5170 5171 /** 5172 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5173 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5174 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5175 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5176 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5177 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5178 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5179 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5180 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5181 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5182 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5183 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5184 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5185 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5186 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5187 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5188 * (if available). 5189 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5190 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5191 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5192 * (if available). 5193 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5194 * channel dwell time. 5195 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5196 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5197 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5198 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5199 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5200 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5201 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5202 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5203 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5204 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5205 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5206 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5207 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5208 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5209 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5210 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5211 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5212 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5213 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5214 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5215 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5216 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5217 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5218 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5219 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5220 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5221 * be supported. 5222 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5223 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5224 * actual dwell time. 5225 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5226 * response 5227 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5228 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5229 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5230 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5231 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5232 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5233 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5234 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5235 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5236 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5237 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5238 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5239 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5240 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5241 * "radar detected" event. 5242 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5243 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5244 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5245 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5246 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5247 * TXQs. 5248 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5249 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5250 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5251 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5252 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5253 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5254 * timing measurement responder role. 5255 * 5256 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5257 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5258 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5259 * freeze the connection. 5260 * 5261 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5262 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5263 */ 5264 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5265 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5266 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5267 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5268 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5269 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5270 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5271 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5272 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5273 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5274 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5275 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5276 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5277 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5278 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5279 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5280 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5281 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5282 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5283 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5284 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5285 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5286 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5287 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5288 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5289 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5290 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5291 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5292 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5293 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5294 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5295 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5296 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5297 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5298 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5299 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5300 5301 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5302 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5303 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5304 }; 5305 5306 /** 5307 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5308 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5309 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5310 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5311 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5312 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5313 * to the host. 5314 * 5315 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5316 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5317 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5318 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5319 */ 5320 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5321 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5322 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5323 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5324 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5325 }; 5326 5327 /** 5328 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5329 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5330 * handled by the AP is reached. 5331 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5332 */ 5333 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5334 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5335 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5336 }; 5337 5338 /** 5339 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5340 * 5341 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5342 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5343 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5344 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5345 */ 5346 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5347 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5348 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5349 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5350 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5351 }; 5352 5353 /** 5354 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5355 * 5356 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5357 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5358 * requests. 5359 * 5360 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5361 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5362 * one of them can be used in the request. 5363 * 5364 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5365 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5366 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5367 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5368 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5369 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5370 * when really needed 5371 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5372 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5373 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5375 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5376 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5377 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5378 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5379 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5380 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5381 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5382 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5383 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5384 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel, 5385 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5386 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5387 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5388 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5389 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5390 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5391 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5392 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5393 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5394 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5395 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5396 * impacted with this flag. 5397 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5398 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5399 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5400 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5401 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5402 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5403 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5404 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5405 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5406 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5407 * possible. 5408 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5409 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5410 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5411 */ 5412 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5413 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5414 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5415 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5416 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5417 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5418 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5419 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5420 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5421 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5422 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5423 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5424 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5425 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5426 }; 5427 5428 /** 5429 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5430 * 5431 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5432 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5433 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5434 * 5435 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5436 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5437 * in ACL to authenticate. 5438 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5439 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5440 */ 5441 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5442 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5443 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5444 }; 5445 5446 /** 5447 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5448 * 5449 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5450 * 5451 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5452 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5453 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5454 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5455 */ 5456 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5457 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5458 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5459 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5460 5461 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5462 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5463 }; 5464 5465 /** 5466 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5467 * 5468 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5469 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5470 * 5471 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5472 * now unusable. 5473 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5474 * the channel is now available. 5475 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5476 * change to the channel status. 5477 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5478 * over, channel becomes usable. 5479 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5480 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5481 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5482 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5483 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5484 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5485 */ 5486 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5487 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5488 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5489 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5490 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5491 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5492 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5493 }; 5494 5495 /** 5496 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5497 * 5498 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5499 * 5500 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5501 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5502 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5503 * is therefore marked as not available. 5504 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5505 */ 5506 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5507 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5508 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5509 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5510 }; 5511 5512 /** 5513 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5514 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5515 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5516 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5517 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5518 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5519 */ 5520 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5521 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5522 }; 5523 5524 /** 5525 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5526 * 5527 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5528 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5529 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5530 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5531 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5532 */ 5533 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5534 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5535 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5536 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5537 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5538 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5539 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5540 }; 5541 5542 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5543 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5544 5545 /** 5546 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5547 * 5548 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5549 * 5550 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5551 */ 5552 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5553 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5554 }; 5555 5556 /* 5557 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5558 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5559 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5560 */ 5561 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5562 5563 /** 5564 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5565 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5566 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5567 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5568 * added to this file when needed. 5569 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5570 */ 5571 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5572 __u32 vendor_id; 5573 __u32 subcmd; 5574 }; 5575 5576 /** 5577 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5578 * 5579 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5580 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5581 * 5582 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5583 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5584 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5585 */ 5586 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5587 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5588 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5589 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5590 }; 5591 5592 /** 5593 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5594 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5595 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5596 * seconds (u32). 5597 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5598 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5599 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5600 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5601 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5602 * currently defined 5603 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5604 */ 5605 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5606 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5607 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5608 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5609 5610 /* keep last */ 5611 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5612 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5613 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5614 }; 5615 5616 /** 5617 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5618 * 5619 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5620 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5621 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5622 */ 5623 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5624 __u8 band; 5625 __s8 delta; 5626 } __attribute__((packed)); 5627 5628 /** 5629 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5630 * 5631 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5632 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5633 * is requested. 5634 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5635 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5636 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5637 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5638 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5639 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5640 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5641 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5642 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5643 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5644 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5645 * 5646 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5647 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5648 * which the driver shall use. 5649 */ 5650 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5651 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5652 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5653 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5654 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5655 5656 /* keep last */ 5657 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5658 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5659 }; 5660 5661 /** 5662 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5663 * 5664 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5665 * 5666 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5667 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5668 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5669 */ 5670 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5671 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5672 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5673 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5674 5675 /* keep last */ 5676 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5677 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5678 }; 5679 5680 /** 5681 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5682 * 5683 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5684 * 5685 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5686 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5687 */ 5688 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5689 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5690 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5691 }; 5692 5693 /** 5694 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5695 * 5696 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5697 * 5698 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5699 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5700 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5701 */ 5702 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5703 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5704 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5705 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5706 }; 5707 5708 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5709 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5710 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5711 5712 /** 5713 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5714 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5715 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5716 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5717 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5718 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5719 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5720 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5721 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5722 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5723 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5724 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5725 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5726 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5727 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5728 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5729 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5730 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5731 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5732 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5733 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5734 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5735 * This is a flag. 5736 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5737 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5738 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5739 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5740 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5741 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5742 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5743 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5744 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5745 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5746 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5747 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5748 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5749 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5750 * 5751 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5752 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5753 */ 5754 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5755 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5756 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5757 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5758 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5759 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5760 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5761 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5762 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5763 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5764 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5765 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5766 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5767 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5768 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5769 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5770 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5771 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5772 5773 /* keep last */ 5774 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5775 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5776 }; 5777 5778 /** 5779 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5780 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5781 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5782 * This is a flag. 5783 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5784 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5785 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5786 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5787 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5788 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5789 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5790 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5791 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5792 */ 5793 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5794 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5795 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5796 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5797 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5798 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5799 5800 /* keep last */ 5801 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 5802 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 5803 }; 5804 5805 /** 5806 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 5807 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 5808 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 5809 * match. This is a nested attribute. 5810 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5811 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 5812 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 5813 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 5814 * 5815 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 5816 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 5817 */ 5818 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 5819 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 5820 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 5821 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 5822 5823 /* keep last */ 5824 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 5825 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 5826 }; 5827 5828 /** 5829 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 5830 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 5831 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 5832 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 5833 */ 5834 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 5835 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 5836 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 5837 }; 5838 5839 /** 5840 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 5841 * responder attributes 5842 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 5843 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 5844 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 5845 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10) 5846 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 5847 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13) 5848 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 5849 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 5850 */ 5851 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 5852 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 5853 5854 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 5855 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 5856 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 5857 5858 /* keep last */ 5859 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 5860 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 5861 }; 5862 5863 /* 5864 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 5865 * 5866 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 5867 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 5868 * 5869 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5870 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 5871 * were ssfully answered (u32) 5872 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 5873 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 5874 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 5875 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 5876 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 5877 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 5878 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 5879 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 5880 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 5881 * phase with the responder (u32) 5882 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 5883 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 5884 * FTM slot (u32) 5885 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 5886 * scheduled window (u32) 5887 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 5888 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5889 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 5890 */ 5891 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 5892 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 5893 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 5894 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 5895 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 5896 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 5897 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 5898 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 5899 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 5900 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 5901 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 5902 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 5903 5904 /* keep last */ 5905 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 5906 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5907 }; 5908 5909 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 5910